DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Merge pull request 'Jane's edits to Romans' (#3046) from justplainjane47-tc-create-1 into master 

Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3046
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-12-15 13:42:17 +00:00
parent 942bdbafed 7dad1aab3b
commit ab6746f47f
1 changed files with 134 additions and 134 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

268
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
View File

@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ ROM 1 23 u971 figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θε
ROM 1 23 rfez figs-possession ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος 1 The words translated as **likeness** and **image** were used in the Greek translation of the Old Testament to refer to the same thing ([Genesis 1:26](../gen/01/26.md)). Here Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that **image** is an explanation of **likeness**. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “a likeness, that is, an image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 23 rfez figs-possession ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος 1 The words translated as **likeness** and **image** were used in the Greek translation of the Old Testament to refer to the same thing ([Genesis 1:26](../gen/01/26.md)). Here Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that **image** is an explanation of **likeness**. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “a likeness, that is, an image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 23 osrt figs-ellipsis καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “and likenesses of birds, and likenesses of four-footed animals, and likenesses of creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 23 osrt figs-ellipsis καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “and likenesses of birds, and likenesses of four-footed animals, and likenesses of creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 1 23 rq7h τετραπόδων 1 The phrase **four-footed beasts** refers to animals that walk on four feet. Use the most natural form to describe this kind of animal in your language. Alternate translation: “of quadrupeds” or “of four-legged beasts” ROM 1 23 rq7h τετραπόδων 1 The phrase **four-footed beasts** refers to animals that walk on four feet. Use the most natural form to describe this kind of animal in your language. Alternate translation: “of quadrupeds” or “of four-legged beasts”
ROM 1 24 fvv6 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore **Therefore** here introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people rejecting the glory of God in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 24 fvv6 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people rejecting the glory of God in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks of these people as if **God** were physically giving them to **lusts**. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God permitted them to become controlled by the lusts of their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks of these people as if **God** were physically giving them to **lusts**. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God permitted them to become controlled by the lusts of their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 24 tlv5 figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 them … their … themselves Paul is using the possessive form to describe **lusts** that come from **their hearts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the lusts that come from their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 24 tlv5 figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 them … their … themselves Paul is using the possessive form to describe **lusts** that come from **their hearts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the lusts that come from their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 24 le2o figs-metonymy τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated “heart” in [verse 21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 24 le2o figs-metonymy τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated “heart” in [verse 21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ ROM 2 1 y6ts grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** here marks a
ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-youcrowd εἶ&κρίνεις&σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις&πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων 1 Therefore you are without excuse Paul uses the singular pronoun **you** here to refer to all people in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-youcrowd εἶ&κρίνεις&σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις&πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων 1 Therefore you are without excuse Paul uses the singular pronoun **you** here to refer to all people in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 2 1 atxo ἀναπολόγητος 1 Therefore you are without excuse See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md). ROM 2 1 atxo ἀναπολόγητος 1 Therefore you are without excuse See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
ROM 2 1 md5e figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you **O man** here is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 2 1 md5e figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you **O man** here is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM 2 1 x3mi grammar-collectivenouns ἄνθρωπε 1 you are Here, **man** is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 1 x3mi grammar-collectivenouns ἄνθρωπε 1 you are Here, **man** is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM 2 1 n2mu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. In the rest of the verse Paul gives the reasons why **everyone judging** is **without excuse**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 1 n2mu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. In the rest of the verse Paul gives the reasons why **everyone judging** is **without excuse**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or any time a person might judge someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or any time a person might judge someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 2 1 ybp2 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἕτερον 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself Here, **the other** refers to any other person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 2 1 ybp2 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἕτερον 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself Here, **the other** refers to any other person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ ROM 5 1 ldru translate-textvariants εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 Some ancien
ROM 5 1 kjpb figs-imperative ἔχωμεν 1 Paul uses the phrase **let us have peace** to exhort his Christian readers to continue living peacefully with God. It is not a command. This phrase does not imply that those who have been **justified by faith** do not yet have peace with God. Use a form in your language that communicates an exhortation. Alternate translation: “we must continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 5 1 kjpb figs-imperative ἔχωμεν 1 Paul uses the phrase **let us have peace** to exhort his Christian readers to continue living peacefully with God. It is not a command. This phrase does not imply that those who have been **justified by faith** do not yet have peace with God. Use a form in your language that communicates an exhortation. Alternate translation: “we must continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM 5 1 hi12 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 1 hi12 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 5 1 o2yr figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 Paul speaks of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can live peacefully with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “let us live in a peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 1 o2yr figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 Paul speaks of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can live peacefully with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “let us live in a peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive ἔχωμεν&ἡμῶν 1 we … our Here and throughout this chapter **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all those **having been justified by faith** in Jesus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “let us believers have … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive ἔχωμεν&ἡμῶν 1 we … our Here and throughout this chapter, **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all those **having been justified by faith** in Jesus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “let us believers have … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 1 xaeg figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **our Lord Jesus Christ** is the means by which believers have **peace with God**. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have **peace with God**, as briefly mentioned in [4:25](../04/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what our Lord Jesus Christ did for us” or “which was caused by our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 1 xaeg figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **our Lord Jesus Christ** is the means by which believers have **peace with God**. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have **peace with God**, as briefly mentioned in [4:25](../04/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what our Lord Jesus Christ did for us” or “which was caused by our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 5 2 slyh figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **access**, **faith**, or **grace**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “through whom we also access and stand in how gracious God is by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 2 slyh figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **access**, **faith**, or **grace**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “through whom we also access and stand in how gracious God is by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 5 2 tsbo writing-pronouns οὗ 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to “our Lord Jesus Christ,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 5 2 tsbo writing-pronouns οὗ 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to “our Lord Jesus Christ,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ ROM 7 11 qljg writing-pronouns δι’ αὐτῆς 1 sin The pronoun **it** ref
ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-personification ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could kill people. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-personification ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could kill people. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 7 12 h0li grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** indicates that what follows this phrase explains what came before it. **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–11](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 12 h0li grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** indicates that what follows this phrase explains what came before it. **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–11](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 7 12 i3ka figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐντολὴ 1 See how you translated **commandment** in [verse 9](../07/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 12 i3ka figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐντολὴ 1 See how you translated **commandment** in [verse 9](../07/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 7 13 us69 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 So **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–12](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 13 us69 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 So The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–12](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ&ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the law did not directly cause him to become spiritually dead. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely what is good did not become death to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ&ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the law did not directly cause him to become spiritually dead. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely what is good did not become death to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 7 13 g451 figs-explicit τὸ&ἀγαθὸν&διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ 1 what is good Here, **what is good** refers to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s good laws … through those good laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 13 g451 figs-explicit τὸ&ἀγαθὸν&διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ 1 what is good Here, **what is good** refers to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s good laws … through those good laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 7 13 qwe9 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me Here Paul speaks of the law as if it could **become death**. Paul is referring to the idea that God’s laws directly caused him to become spiritually dead. He rejects this idea in the next sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 13 qwe9 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me Here Paul speaks of the law as if it could **become death**. Paul is referring to the idea that God’s laws directly caused him to become spiritually dead. He rejects this idea in the next sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ ROM 8 39 ajct figs-activepassive τις κτίσις ἑτέρα 1 nor powers If
ROM 8 39 sd7j figs-metaphor δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 nor powers See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 35](../08/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 39 sd7j figs-metaphor δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 nor powers See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 35](../08/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 8 39 fr5b figs-distinguish τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 nor powers Here, **which** marks that Paul is giving further information about **the love of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the love of God in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 8 39 fr5b figs-distinguish τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 nor powers Here, **which** marks that Paul is giving further information about **the love of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the love of God in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 8 39 tot5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 nor powers See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 39 tot5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 nor powers See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)<br> * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)<br> * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)<br> * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)<br> * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)<br><br>Chapter 9 begins a new topic in this letter. In Chapters 9-11, Paul focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 25-29](../09/25.md) and [33](../09/33.md) of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe that in this chapter Paul teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” Some take this to indicate that God has chosen to save some people from before the world existed. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br><br>In [verses 30–33](../09/30.md) Paul explains that God made some Gentiles righteous because they believed in Jesus, but most Jews rejected Jesus because they were trying to obey the law of Moses to become righteous. Paul quotes [Isaiah 8:14](../../isa/08/14.md) and [28:16](../../isa/28/16.md) to describe Jesus as if he were a stone that the Jews trip over when walking. See the translations and notes for how Peter uses these same verses from Isaiah in [1 Peter 2:6](../1pe/02/06.md), [8](../1pe/02/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)\n * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)\n * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)\n * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)\n\nChapter 9 begins a new topic in this letter. In chapters 9-11, Paul focuses on the nation of Israel.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 25-29](../09/25.md) and [33](../09/33.md) of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Predestination\n\nMany scholars believe that in this chapter Paul teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” Some take this to indicate that God has chosen to save some people from before the world existed. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n### Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Stone of stumbling\n\nIn [verses 30–33](../09/30.md) Paul explains that God made some Gentiles righteous because they believed in Jesus, but most Jews rejected Jesus because they were trying to obey the law of Moses to become righteous. Paul quotes [Isaiah 8:14](../../isa/08/14.md) and [28:16](../../isa/28/16.md) to describe Jesus as if he were a stone that the Jews trip over when walking. See the translations and notes for how Peter uses these same verses from Isaiah in [1 Peter 2:6](../1pe/02/06.md), [8](../1pe/02/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the absolute truth in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the absolute truth in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 9 1 igs8 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 1 igs8 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 9 1 h9mp figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς 1 Here Paul uses **conscience** as if it were a person bearing witness in a courtroom. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 9 1 h9mp figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς 1 Here Paul uses **conscience** as if it were a person bearing witness in a courtroom. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -2182,38 +2182,38 @@ ROM 11 36 a9gg figs-explicit δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For from him … through him
ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, **to** indicates that God is the reason **all things** exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, **to** indicates that God is the reason **all things** exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If your language does not use abstract nouns for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If your language does not use abstract nouns for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br> * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br> * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br> * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of [verse 20](../12/20.md), which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Body of Christ<br><br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of [verse 20](../12/20.md), which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. In these chapters, Paul gives many different commands that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς&ὑμῶν&ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς&ὑμῶν&ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν&θυσίαν ζῶσαν&τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν&θυσίαν ζῶσαν&τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God as a **sacrifice**, except that this **sacrifice** is still **living**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a living sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God as a **sacrifice**, except that this **sacrifice** is still **living**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a living sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε&μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε&μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 12 2 clc6 μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε 1 Do not be conformed to this world Alternate translation: “do not become like” ROM 12 2 clc6 μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε 1 Do not be conformed to this world Alternate translation: “do not become alike”
ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this age** refers to the attitudes and actions of the unbelievers who live during this period of time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the way people think and act in this age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this age** refers to the attitudes and actions of the unbelievers who live during this period of time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the way people think and act in this age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 12 2 na8p figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός&τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 2 na8p figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός&τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … thing that God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that person’s mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that person’s mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Here, **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is a better person than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Here, **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is a better person than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves” ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves”
ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different degrees of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an degree of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different degrees. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you a degree of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different degrees of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an degree of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different degrees. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you a degree of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη&μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη&μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md).
ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each other Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each other Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body** are joined. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse.
ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες&ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so they are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες&ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so they are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες&χαρίσματα&διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities to serve other believers that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες&χαρίσματα&διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities to serve other believers that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace that God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν&προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … being able to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν&προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … being able to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2222,24 +2222,24 @@ ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν&τῇ διακονίᾳ&τ
ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift for encouraging; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift for generosity; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift for encouraging; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift for generosity; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει&ἐν ἁπλότητι&ἐν σπουδῇ&ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει&ἐν ἁπλότητι&ἐν σπουδῇ&ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν&τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν&τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 10 mr8i figs-declarative τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 10 mr8i figs-declarative τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 12 10 ng86 figs-abstractnouns τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ&τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **brotherly love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 10 ng86 figs-abstractnouns τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ&τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **brotherly love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “in your love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 12 12 wept grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἐλπίδι 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 12 wept grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἐλπίδι 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 12 12 uv64 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates the situation in which someone should be **patient**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time of suffering, being patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 12 12 uv64 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates the situation in which someone should be **patient**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time of suffering, being patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to do persistently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 12 13 vk5h figs-declarative ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in the needs of the saints, share; pursue hospitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 13 vk5h figs-declarative ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in the needs of the saints, share; pursue hospitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 12 13 m53s figs-abstractnouns ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων&τὴν φιλοξενίαν 1 Share in the needs of the saints If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **needs** and **hospitality**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the things the saints need … what is hospitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to do persistently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 12 13 m53s figs-abstractnouns ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων&τὴν φιλοξενίαν 1 Share in the needs of the saints If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **needs** and **hospitality**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the things the saints need … hospitable actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 13 i3nm figs-explicit ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Here Paul implies sharing the things that a person has with those **saints** who have **needs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing what you have to meet the needs of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 13 i3nm figs-explicit ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Here Paul implies sharing the things that a person has with those **saints** who have **needs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing what you have to meet the needs of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε 1 These two commands mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε 1 These two commands mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not think the high things, but accept the lowly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another; do not think the high things, but accept the lowly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caring about others the same way you care about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caring about others the same way you care about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2255,18 +2255,18 @@ ROM 12 18 fbzh figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Although t
ROM 12 19 e0hc figs-declarative μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες 1 give way to his wrath Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 19 e0hc figs-declarative μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες 1 give way to his wrath Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give way to God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give way to God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 12 19 zre0 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὀργῇ&ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 give way to his wrath If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to God being wrathful … I will avenge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 19 zre0 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὀργῇ&ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 give way to his wrath If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to God being wrathful … I will avenge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment were reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου&σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου&σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as though to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being helped by someone whom that person had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God very severely punishing the person who is being helped. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being helped by someone whom that person had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God very severely punishing the person who is being helped. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ&τῷ ἀγαθῷ&τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ&τῷ ἀγαθῷ&τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2274,65 +2274,65 @@ ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1
ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Submission to rulers<br><br>In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../act/05/28.md)).<br><br>### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”<br><br>In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.” ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Submission to rulers<br><br>In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../act/05/28.md)).<br><br>### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”<br><br>In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.”
ROM 13 1 i1kf figs-activepassive πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let every soul subject itself to governing authorities” or “Let everyone subject themselves to governing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 1 i1kf figs-activepassive πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let every soul subject itself to governing authorities” or “Let everyone subject themselves to governing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ 1 Let every soul be obedient to Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ 1 Let every soul be obedient to Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 13 1 gkmd figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαις&ἐξουσία&οὖσαι 1 Let every soul be obedient to If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authorities** and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those who are authorized to govern … authorized people … existing ones who are authorized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 1 gkmd figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαις&ἐξουσία&οὖσαι 1 Let every soul be obedient to If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authorities** and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those who are authorized to govern … authorized person … existing ones who are authorized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 1 wii2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ&ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “all authority comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 13 1 wii2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ&ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “all authority comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God appointed the existing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God appointed the existing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 13 2 ezg5 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 2 ezg5 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes ideas that were previously expressed. **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 13 2 ui8y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ διαταγῇ&ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 that authority If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority**, **command**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are authorized … what God has commanded … will cause themselves to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 2 ui8y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ διαταγῇ&ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 that authority If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority**, **command**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are authorized … what God has commanded … will cause themselves to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 2 vc3u writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ ἀνθεστηκότες 1 that authority Here, **it** refers to **that authority** stated earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the ones who have opposed that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 13 2 vc3u writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ ἀνθεστηκότες 1 that authority Here, **it** refers to **that authority** stated earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the ones who have opposed that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will cause God to bring judgment on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will cause God to bring judgment on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 13 2 y21s figs-metaphor ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves Here Paul speaks of **judgment** as if it were an object that one could **bring** and put **on** someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause God to judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 2 y21s figs-metaphor ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves Here Paul speaks of **judgment** as if it were an object that one could **bring** and put **on** someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause God to judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 3 m3yf grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 13 3 m3yf grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 13 3 c2xa figs-abstractnouns φόβος&τὴν ἐξουσίαν&τὸ ἀγαθὸν&ἕξεις ἔπαινον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **terror**, **authority**, **good**, and **praise**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “terrifying … whom God has authorized … good things … you will be praised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 3 c2xa figs-abstractnouns φόβος&τὴν ἐξουσίαν&τὸ ἀγαθὸν&ἕξεις ἔπαινον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **terror**, **authority**, **good**, and **praise**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “terrifying … whom God has authorized … good things … you will be praised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 3 jt2z figs-explicit τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,&τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds … to evil deeds Here, **the good deed** and **the evil deed** refer to the people who do those deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who do the good deed … to those who do the evil deed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 3 jt2z figs-explicit τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,&τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds … to evil deeds Here, **the good deed** and **the evil deed** refer to the people who do those deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who do the good deed … to those who do the evil deed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν? 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Now this is how you can not fear the authority:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν? 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Now this is how you can not fear the authority:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 13 3 nohi figs-activepassive ἕξεις ἔπαινον 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the authorities will praise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 3 nohi figs-activepassive ἕξεις ἔπαινον 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the authorities will praise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 13 3 ahl9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval Here, **from** indicates the reason why **you will have praise**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 3 ahl9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval Here, **from** indicates the reason why **you will have praise**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 13 4 w4s0 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 4 w4s0 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason The word **for** indicates that what follows explains what came before this word. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 13 4 j4kb writing-pronouns ἐστιν&οὐ&φορεῖ&ἐστιν 1 In this verse the pronoun **he** refers to a person who rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ruler is … the ruler does not carry … the ruler is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 13 4 j4kb writing-pronouns ἐστιν&οὐ&φορεῖ&ἐστιν 1 In this verse the pronoun **he** refers to a person who rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ruler is … the ruler does not carry … the ruler is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 13 4 zgz2 figs-abstractnouns Θεοῦ&διάκονός&τὸ ἀγαθόν&τὸ κακὸν&Θεοῦ&διάκονός&ὀργὴν&τὸ κακὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **servant**, **good**, **evil**, and **wrath**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who serves God … doing good … evil things … one who serves God … what is wrathful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 4 zgz2 figs-abstractnouns Θεοῦ&διάκονός&τὸ ἀγαθόν&τὸ κακὸν&Θεοῦ&διάκονός&ὀργὴν&τὸ κακὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **servant**, **good**, **evil**, and **wrath**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who serves God … doing good … evil things … one who serves God … what is wrathful … evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 4 quy4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 4 quy4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 The word **for** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** introduces the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ&εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ&εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy οὐ&τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Here, **the sword** refers to a ruler’s authority to punish wicked people, which could include killing them with a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not have the authority to punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy οὐ&τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Here, **the sword** refers to a ruler’s authority to punish wicked people, which could include killing them with a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not have the authority to punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 13 4 vx6b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 3 Here, **for** indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 13 4 vx6b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 3 The word **for** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 13 4 d61t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the purpose of **an avenger**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 13 4 d61t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the purpose of **an avenger**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath See how you translated **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath See how you translated **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 13 4 cq0x figs-metaphor ὀργὴν τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι 1 Paul speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could be put **on** a person. He means that every evil person will experience wrathful punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “wrath will be experienced by the one who practices the evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 4 cq0x figs-metaphor ὀργὴν τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι 1 Paul speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could be put **on** a person. He means that every evil person will experience wrathful punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “wrath that will be experienced by the one who practices the evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 5 jqz7 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 5 jqz7 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 13 5 sxq1 figs-activepassive ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 5 sxq1 figs-activepassive ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 13 5 aq7p figs-explicit ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Paul implies that his readers should **be subjected** to the rulers described in [verses 1–4](../13/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to be subjected to rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 5 aq7p figs-explicit ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Paul implies that his readers should **be subjected** to the rulers described in [verses 1–4](../13/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to be subjected to rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 13 5 q81v figs-ellipsis διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath they can do to you, but also because your conscience knows that you should do submit to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 5 q81v figs-ellipsis διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “because of the wrathful deeds they can do to you, but also because your conscience knows that you should do submit to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 13 5 ykg9 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὀργὴν&τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **conscience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is wrathful … what you are conscience of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 5 ykg9 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὀργὴν&τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **conscience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is wrathful … what you know is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 5 bs1u figs-metonymy τὴν ὀργὴν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 5 bs1u figs-metonymy τὴν ὀργὴν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 13 6 x5i2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 13 6 x5i2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 13 6 r1jy writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Here, **this** could refer to: (1) “the wrath” and “the conscience” mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath and your conscience” (2) “the wrath” and “the conscience” mentioned in the previous verse, and the fact that rulers **are servants of God**. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath and your conscience, and because rulers are servants of God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 13 6 r1jy writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Here, **this** could refer to: (1) “the wrath” and “the conscience” mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath and your conscience” (2) “the wrath” and “the conscience” mentioned in the previous verse, and the fact that rulers **are servants of God**. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath and your conscience, and because rulers are servants of God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 13 6 hy4f grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 For they are Here, **for** indicates that what follows is another reason why Christians should **pay taxes**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 6 hy4f grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 For they are **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is another reason why Christians should **pay taxes**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 13 6 ib5x writing-pronouns εἰσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the rulers described in [verses 1–4](../13/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the rulers are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 13 6 ib5x writing-pronouns εἰσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the rulers described in [verses 1–4](../13/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the rulers are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 13 6 gh12 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργοὶ&Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 6 gh12 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργοὶ&Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 6 e8ey figs-distinguish εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 This clause gives additional information about the rulers, who are called **servants of God** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection between these clauses more explicit. Alternate translation: “these rulers are the ones persisting in this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 13 6 e8ey figs-distinguish εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 This clause gives additional information about the rulers, who are called **servants of God** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection between these clauses more explicit. Alternate translation: “and these rulers are the ones persisting in this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 13 6 xmsa figs-explicit αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this very thing** refers to serving God by ruling over people, as is indicated by Paul calling them **servants of God** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 6 xmsa figs-explicit αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this very thing** refers to serving God by ruling over people, as is indicated by Paul calling them **servants of God** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-abstractnouns τὰς ὀφειλάς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obligations**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you are obligated to pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-abstractnouns τὰς ὀφειλάς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obligations**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you are obligated to pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due, pay toll to whom toll is due, show fear to whom fear is due, show honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due, pay toll to whom toll is due, show fear to whom fear is due, show honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 13 7 jg3u figs-genericnoun τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. Paul is speaking of taxes and tolls in general, not of one particular **tax** and **toll**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “taxes to whom taxes, tolls to whom tolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 13 7 jg3u figs-genericnoun τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. Paul is speaking of taxes and tolls in general, not of one particular **tax** and **toll**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “taxes to whom taxes, tolls to whom tolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM 13 7 s2nf translate-unknown τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος 1 toll The word **toll** refers to a specific kind of tax that must be paid in addition to regular taxes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tax, you could use a general expression for additional taxes. Alternate translation: “government fees to whom government fees” or “revenues to whom revenues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 13 7 s2nf translate-unknown τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος 1 toll The word **toll** refers to a specific kind of tax that must be paid in addition to regular taxes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tax, you could use a general expression for additional taxes. Alternate translation: “government fees to whom government fees” or “revenues to whom revenues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM 13 7 ao8q figs-abstractnouns τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fear whomever should be feared … honor whomever should be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 7 ao8q figs-abstractnouns τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fear to whomever should be feared, honor to whomever should be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here Paul refers to fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored as if someone is paying them **fear** and **honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fear those who should be feared, honor those who should be honored” or “respect those whom you ought to respect, honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here Paul refers to fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored as if someone is paying them **fear** and **honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fear those who should be feared, honor those who should be honored” or “respect those whom you ought to respect, honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Do not owe anyone anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Do not owe anyone anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 13 8 ay3n figs-metaphor μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 except to love one another Here Paul speaks of loving other believers as if it were a debt owed to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Owe nothing to no one, but love one another, as if it were a debt that you owed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 8 ay3n figs-metaphor μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 except to love one another Here Paul speaks of loving other believers as if it were a debt owed to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Owe nothing to anyone, but love one another as if it were a debt that you owed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 8 dptn figs-explicit τὸ ἀλλήλους 1 except to love one another Here, **one another** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 8 dptn figs-explicit τὸ ἀλλήλους 1 except to love one another Here, **one another** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 13 8 auu3 grammar-collectivenouns νόμον 1 except to love one another See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 13 8 auu3 grammar-collectivenouns νόμον 1 except to love one another See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM 13 9 qcri grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why loving others fulfills the law, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 9 qcri grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why loving others fulfills the law, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 13 9 r7kd writing-quotations τὸ 1 Here Paul uses **this** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God had said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 13 9 r7kd writing-quotations τὸ 1 Here Paul uses **this** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God had said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 13 9 t0os figs-quotemarks οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 These clauses are a quotation from [Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 13 9 t0os figs-quotemarks οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 These clauses are a quotation from [Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 13 9 ng84 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if there is any other commandment, and there is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 13 9 ng84 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if there is any other commandment, and there is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM 13 9 mgc9 figs-explicit τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή 1 Here, **any other commandment** refers to **any** of the commandments that God gave the Israelites other than those that Paul has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are any other commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 9 mgc9 figs-explicit τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή 1 Here, **any other commandment** refers to **any** of the commandments that God gave the Israelites other than those that Paul has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there is any other commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 13 9 jva8 figs-abstractnouns ἐντολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thing God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 9 jva8 figs-abstractnouns ἐντολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thing God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 9 x8i1 figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this word summed it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 9 x8i1 figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this word summed it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 13 9 ytof figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **word** to refer to a commandment that is made up of words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 9 ytof figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **word** to refer to a commandment that is made up of words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 13 9 ylb1 writing-quotations ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **this word** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “in this commandment in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 13 9 ylb1 writing-quotations ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **this word** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “in this commandment in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 13 9 so4u figs-quotemarks ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 13 9 so4u figs-quotemarks ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not harm one’s neighbor Here Paul speaks of love as if it were a person who could do some kind of **work**. He means that people who love other people do not do **evil** things to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People who love do not work evil to a neighbor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not harm one’s neighbor Here Paul speaks of love as if it were a person who could do some kind of **work**. He means that people who love other people do not do **evil** things to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People who love do not work evil to a neighbor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 13 10 xa4n figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον&κακὸν&πλήρωμα&νόμου&ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **evil**, and **fulfillment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “Loving a neighbor … what is evil …fulfills the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 10 xa4n figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον&κακὸν&πλήρωμα&νόμου&ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **evil**, and **fulfillment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “Loving a neighbor … what is evil … loving others fulfills the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 10 l92e grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 13 10 l92e grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM 13 11 okty figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῦτο 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “And do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 11 okty figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῦτο 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “And do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 13 11 dxm0 writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers back to all the commands Paul stated in [12:1](../12/01.md)–[13:10](../13/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these commands that I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 13 11 dxm0 writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers back to all the commands Paul stated in [12:1](../12/01.md)–[13:10](../13/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these commands that I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -2340,13 +2340,13 @@ ROM 13 11 cdwh grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν
ROM 13 11 vd49 figs-distinguish τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Here, **that** indicates that what follows in this clause is a description of **the time** stated in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the connection between these clauses more explicit. Alternate translation: “that it is already the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 13 11 vd49 figs-distinguish τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Here, **that** indicates that what follows in this clause is a description of **the time** stated in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the connection between these clauses more explicit. Alternate translation: “that it is already the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 13 11 gvlw figs-metonymy ὥρα 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It has the same meaning as **time** in the previous clause. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the point in time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 11 gvlw figs-metonymy ὥρα 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It has the same meaning as **time** in the previous clause. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the point in time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to be spiritually vigilant as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you to be spiritually vigilant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to be spiritually vigilant as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you to be spiritually vigilant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 11 acg2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep **For** here indicates a reason why Paul’s readers should **awake from sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 11 acg2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates a reason why Paul’s readers should **awake from sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 13 11 s3p9 figs-abstractnouns ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our being saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 11 s3p9 figs-abstractnouns ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our being saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 11 jgib figs-explicit ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία 1 Here Paul uses **salvation** to refer to the future event when Christ returns and Christians receive the full blessings of their **salvation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the completion of our salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 11 jgib figs-explicit ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία 1 Here Paul uses **salvation** to refer to the future event when Christ returns and Christians receive the full blessings of their **salvation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the completion of our salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 13 11 sj56 figs-metaphor ἐγγύτερον 1 Here Paul speaks of **our salvation** as if it were an object that could become **nearer** to a person. He means that **our salvation** will occur soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to happen sooner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 11 sj56 figs-metaphor ἐγγύτερον 1 Here Paul speaks of **our salvation** as if it were an object that could become **nearer** to a person. He means that **our salvation** will occur soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to happen sooner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 11 ra5t figs-explicit ὅτε ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 This phrase indicates the time at which Paul’s Christian readers first started believing in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 11 ra5t figs-explicit ὅτε ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 This phrase indicates the time at which Paul’s Christian readers first started believing in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 13 11 rhdr figs-ellipsis ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 11 rhdr figs-ellipsis ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ 1 The night has advanced **The night** here refers the current time period when people do evil deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This time when people act sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ 1 The night has advanced **The night** here refers the time period when people do evil deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This time when people act sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 12 dioj figs-metaphor προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Here, **advanced** refers to the **night** being almost over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon be over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 dioj figs-metaphor προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Here, **advanced** refers to the **night** being almost over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon be over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-explicit ἡ&ἡμέρα 2 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when Jesus will return to earth as **the day**. This event is referred to as “the day of the Lord” elsewhere in the Bible and is related to Paul’s reference to a future “salvation” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-explicit ἡ&ἡμέρα 2 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when Jesus will return to earth as **the day**. This event is referred to as “the day of the Lord” elsewhere in the Bible and is related to Paul’s reference to a future “salvation” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 13 12 v3m1 figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Here Paul speaks of **the day** as if it were an object that could **come near** a person. He means that the time when Jesus returns will be soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to happen soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 v3m1 figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Here Paul speaks of **the day** as if it were an object that could **come near** a person. He means that the time when Jesus returns will be soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to happen soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2358,15 +2358,15 @@ ROM 13 12 rjz0 figs-possession τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 Paul is usi
ROM 13 12 dw5m figs-metaphor τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here, **weapons** refers to what Christians do to oppose evil, and **the light** refers to good deeds, which is in contrast to **the darkness** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the good deeds used for opposing evil” or “the good deeds that are like weapons for fighting evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 dw5m figs-metaphor τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here, **weapons** refers to what Christians do to oppose evil, and **the light** refers to good deeds, which is in contrast to **the darkness** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the good deeds used for opposing evil” or “the good deeds that are like weapons for fighting evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 13 13 ketz figs-metaphor εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us behave decently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 13 ketz figs-metaphor εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us behave decently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here Paul refers to the unashamed way that Christians are supposed to behave as if they were walking during **the day** when people can see what they do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as if everyone can see what we are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here Paul refers to the unashamed way that Christians are supposed to behave as if they were walking during **the day**, when people can see what they do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as if everyone can see what we are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 13 svuf figs-ellipsis μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι καὶ ζήλῳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not walking in drunken celebrations or drunkenness; not walking in sexual immorality and uncontrolled lust, not walking in strife and jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 13 svuf figs-ellipsis μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι καὶ ζήλῳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not walking in drunken celebrations or drunkenness; not walking in sexual immorality and uncontrolled lust, not walking in strife and jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 13 13 wd5c figs-abstractnouns κώμοις&μέθαις&κοίταις&ἀσελγείαις&ἔριδι&ζήλῳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **celebrations**, **drunkenness**, **immorality**, **lust**, **strife**, and **jealousy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in being drunk while celebrating … being drunk … in acting sexually immoral … lusting uncontrollably … in quarreling with others … being jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 13 wd5c figs-abstractnouns κώμοις&μέθαις&κοίταις&ἀσελγείαις&ἔριδι&ζήλῳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **celebrations**, **drunkenness**, **immorality**, **lust**, **strife**, and **jealousy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in being drunk while celebrating … being drunk … in acting sexually immorally … lusting uncontrollably … in quarreling with others … being jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize all kinds of sexual sins. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in every kind of sexually immoral act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize all kinds of sexual sins. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in every kind of sexually immoral act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 13 14 emp4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing those things,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 13 14 emp4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing those things,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that someone could **put on**. He means that people should behave like **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act like the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that someone could **put on**. He means that people should behave like **Jesus** behaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act like the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 14 j795 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε, εἰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 put on If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forethought** or **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “do not think with regard to what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 14 j795 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε, εἰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 put on If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forethought** or **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “do not think ahead with regard to what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 make no provision for the flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated a similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 make no provision for the flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated a similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br> * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br> * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>In the law of Moses, God forbade the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church that Paul wrote this letter to was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Weak in faith\n\nPaul teaches that Christians can have real faith, and yet at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Dietary restrictions\n\nIn the law of Moses, God forbade the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church to which Paul wrote this letter was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 1 jf8v figs-metaphor ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith Here, **weak in the faith** refers to someone who does not have a mature **faith**, but feels guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. The word **weak** here does not refer to physical weakness. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose faith is not mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 1 jf8v figs-metaphor ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith Here, **weak in the faith** refers to someone who does not have a mature **faith**, but feels guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. The word **weak** here does not refer to physical weakness. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose faith is not mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 1 bdy7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει&διακρίσεις 1 weak in faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **judgments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what he believes … judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 1 bdy7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει&διακρίσεις 1 weak in faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **judgments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what he believes … judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 1 p697 figs-ellipsis μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “not accepting that one for passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 1 p697 figs-ellipsis μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “not accepting that one for passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -2375,45 +2375,45 @@ ROM 14 2 tuf5 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 One person has faith to eat anything **On
ROM 14 2 ii8g figs-ellipsis ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “One person believes that God has permitted people to eat any type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 2 ii8g figs-ellipsis ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “One person believes that God has permitted people to eat any type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 2 n2n6 figs-metaphor ὁ&ἀσθενῶν 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 2 n2n6 figs-metaphor ὁ&ἀσθενῶν 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 2 yhhy figs-explicit λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables Here Paul implies that this person **eats** only **vegetables**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 2 yhhy figs-explicit λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables Here Paul implies that this person **eats** only **vegetables**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 3 n0xd figs-explicit ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω; ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων, τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω 1 Here, **the one who eats** refers to those people mentioned in the previous verse who believe that they can eat any kind of food, and **the one who does not eat** refers to those people called “the one who is weak” in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who eats any type of food not despise the one who does not eat every type of food, and let the one who does not eat every type of food not judge the one who does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 3 n0xd figs-explicit ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω; ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων, τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω 1 Here, **the one eating** refers to the person mentioned in the previous verse who believes that he can eat any kind of food, and **the one not eating** refers to the person called “the one being weak” in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who eats any type of food not despise the one who does not eat every type of food, and let the one who does not eat every type of food not judge the one who eats every type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 3 pqrp writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς&αὐτὸν προσελάβετο 1 Although the pronoun **him** is singular, here it refers to both **the one who eats** and **the one who does not eat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has excepted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 3 pqrp writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς&αὐτὸν προσελάβετο 1 Although the pronoun **him** is singular, here it refers to both **the one eating** and **the one not eating**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has accepted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have no right to judge a household slave belonging to another!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have no right to judge a household slave belonging to another!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 you, who judges Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 you, who judges Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 4 vaym figs-metaphor ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 you, who judges Paul speaks of any Christian as if he were a **household slave** who belongs **to another**. He means that all Christians belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 vaym figs-metaphor ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 you, who judges Paul speaks of any Christian as if he were a **household slave** who belongs **to another**. He means that all Christians belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owns slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “To God, who is his master,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owns slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “To God, who is his master,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand This could mean: (1) **stands** and **stand** refer to pleasing God, and **falls** refers to not pleasing God. Alternate translation: “He pleases or does not please his own master. But he will be made to please God, for the Lord is able to make him be pleasing” (2) **stands** and **stand** refer to being accepted God at the final judgment, and **falls** refers to being condemned by God at the final judgment. Alternate translation: “He will either be approved or condemned by his own master. But he will be approved by God, for the Lord is able to approve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand This could mean: (1) **stands** and **stand** refer to pleasing God, and **falls** refers to not pleasing God. Alternate translation: “He pleases or does not please his own master. But he will be made to please God, for the Lord is able to make him be pleasing” (2) **stands** and **stand** refer to being accepted by God at the final judgment, and **falls** refers to being condemned by God at the final judgment. Alternate translation: “He will either be approved or condemned by his own master. But he will be approved by God, for the Lord is able to approve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 4 togo figs-activepassive σταθήσεται 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make him stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 4 togo figs-activepassive σταθήσεται 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make him stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 4 ucto figs-activepassive σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 4 ucto figs-activepassive σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 5 x7j2 κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally Alternate translation: “considers one day to be different from another day” or “considers one day to be more important than another day” ROM 14 5 x7j2 κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally Alternate translation: “considers one day to be different from another day” or “considers one day to be more important than another day”
ROM 14 5 vm8j κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν 1 Alternate translation: “considers all days to be the same” or “considers no day to be more important than another day” ROM 14 5 vm8j κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν 1 Alternate translation: “considers all days to be the same” or “considers no day to be more important than another day”
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind Paul implies that each person should be **convinced** about what he thinks honors the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let each one be fully convinced in his own mind that what he does honors the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind Paul implies that each person should be **convinced** about what he thinks honors the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let each one be fully convinced in his own mind that what he does honors the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος&πληροφορείσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let each one be completely certain” or “Let each one fully convince himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος&πληροφορείσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let each one be completely certain” or “Let each one fully convince himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord **The one who regards** refers to the person in the previous verse who “judges day from day”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who regards some days as more important than other days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord **The one regarding** refers to the person in the previous verse who “judges day from day”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who regards one day as more important than another day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one eating every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 6 f9tm grammar-connect-logic-goal Κυρίῳ&Κυρίῳ&Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. They do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 14 6 f9tm grammar-connect-logic-goal Κυρίῳ&Κυρίῳ&Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. They do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ&τῷ Θεῷ&καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ&τῷ Θεῷ&καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if words of gratitude were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat Here, **the one who does not eat** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat Here, **the one who not eating** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ&ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ&ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς 2 none dies for himself Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς 2 none dies for himself Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive ζῶμεν&ζῶμεν&ἀποθνῄσκωμεν&ἀποθνῄσκομεν&ζῶμεν&ἀποθνῄσκωμεν&ἐσμέν 1 In this verse **we** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive ζῶμεν&ζῶμεν&ἀποθνῄσκωμεν&ἀποθνῄσκομεν&ζῶμεν&ἀποθνῄσκωμεν&ἐσμέν 1 In this verse **we** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 8 xf7x figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ -1 Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 8 xf7x figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ -1 Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 8 r1hh grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 8 r1hh grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ&κρίνεις&σου&σὺ&ἐξουθενεῖς&σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ&κρίνεις&σου&σὺ&ἐξουθενεῖς&σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν -1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν -1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 10 b497 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 10 b497 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metaphor πάντες&παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God Here, **present ourselves before** refers to standing in front of a judge in order to be judged, and **the judgment seat of God** refers to the place where God judges. Paul means that all believers will be judged by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will all be judged by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metaphor πάντες&παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God Here, **present ourselves before** refers to standing in front of a judge in order to be judged, and **the judgment seat of God** refers to the place where God judges. Paul means that all believers will be judged by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will all be judged by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 11 pldr grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For it is written, **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 11 pldr grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For it is written, **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 11 mr7r writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 14 11 mr7r writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote ([Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md)), you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote ([Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md)), you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence contains quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 14 11 yeb5 writing-pronouns ζῶ ἐγώ&ἐμοὶ 1 For it is written, In this sentence **I** and **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As I, God, live … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 11 yeb5 writing-pronouns ζῶ ἐγώ&ἐμοὶ 1 For it is written, In this sentence **I** and **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As I, God, live … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 14 11 dxdt figs-infostructure ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος 1 For it is written, If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The Lord says, ‘As I live,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 14 11 dxdt figs-infostructure ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος 1 For it is written, If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The Lord says, ‘As I live,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate an oath. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate an oath. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words **knee** and **tongue** to refer to the entire person who is doing these acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person will bow down and every person will confess to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words **knee** and **tongue** to refer to the entire person who is doing these acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person will bow down and every person will confess to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 14 11 fokd translate-symaction κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ 1 As I live This action was an expression of worship in this culture. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “every person will worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 14 11 fokd translate-symaction κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ 1 As I live This action was an expression of worship in this culture. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “every person will worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -2421,33 +2421,33 @@ ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to
ROM 14 12 q0fv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 12 q0fv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “must explain our actions to God” ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “must explain our actions to God”
ROM 14 12 zb6k figs-gendernotations περὶ ἑαυτοῦ 1 will give an account of himself to God Although the term **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “concerning oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 12 zb6k figs-gendernotations περὶ ἑαυτοῦ 1 will give an account of himself to God Although the term **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “concerning oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **trap** mean basically the same thing. They both refer to tempting someone to sin. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “not to do or say anything at all that might cause a brother to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **trap** mean basically the same thing. They both refer to tempting someone to sin. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “not to do or say anything at all that might cause a brother to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 14 13 fgg7 figs-metaphor τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 13 fgg7 figs-metaphor τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 13 cx4s figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 13 cx4s figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am completely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **know** and **am persuaded** mean very similar things. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am completely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 14 14 qm09 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **in** could indicate: (1) the means by which Paul was persuaded. Alternate translation: “by means of the Lord Jesus” (2) Paul being united with **Christ**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 14 qm09 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **in** could indicate: (1) the means by which Paul was persuaded. Alternate translation: “by means of the Lord Jesus” (2) Paul being united with **Christ**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 14 erfx figs-explicit οὐδὲν κοινὸν&κοινὸν&κοινόν 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus The next verse indicates that here Paul is specifically referring to **unclean** foods, which were foods that Jews were forbidden to eat according to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no food is forbidden to be eaten … forbidden … it is forbidden food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 14 erfx figs-explicit οὐδὲν κοινὸν&κοινὸν&κοινόν 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus The next verse indicates that here Paul is specifically referring to **unclean** foods, which were foods that Jews were forbidden to eat according to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no food is forbidden to be eaten … forbidden … it is forbidden food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is” ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is”
ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: ““Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because, if on account of food,”” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 15 iw7w figs-explicit διὰ βρῶμα 1 If because of food your brother is hurt This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christians thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 iw7w figs-explicit διὰ βρῶμα 1 If because of food your brother is hurt This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christians thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 15 tfix figs-youcrowd σου&περιπατεῖς&σου 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** and **you** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 15 tfix figs-youcrowd σου&περιπατεῖς&σου 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** and **you** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of "you" in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 15 ln42 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 15 ln42 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional suffering or offense. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional or spiritual offense or suffering. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or live their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 15 sn7w figs-explicit τῷ βρώματί σου 1 you are no longer walking in love This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 sn7w figs-explicit τῷ βρώματί σου 1 you are no longer walking in love This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or, between commas, “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 The word **So** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **So** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 16 h3af figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 Here, **good** could refer to: (1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 16 h3af figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 Here, **good** could refer to: (1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω&ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω&ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. dd**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ&ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ&ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 17 tyyq figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 17 tyyq figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness**, **peace**, and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous and what is peaceful and what is joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 17 j92k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness**, **peace**, and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous and what is peaceful and what is joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 17 sdlj figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here, **in the Holy Spirit** could refer to: (1) the means by which Christians experience **righteousness and peace and joy**. Alternate translation: “by the Holy Spirit” (2) Christians being united with **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 17 sdlj figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here, **in the Holy Spirit** could refer to: (1) the means by which Christians experience **righteousness and peace and joy**. Alternate translation: “by the Holy Spirit” (2) Christians being united with **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 18 i2za grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 18 i2za grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 18 iqg3 figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 Here, **this way** refers to the “righteousness and peace and joy” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this righteous, peaceful, and joyful way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 18 iqg3 figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 Here, **this way** refers to the “righteousness and peace and joy” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this righteous, peaceful, and joyful way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men approve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men approve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 18 gy7n figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 18 gy7n figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -2471,12 +2471,12 @@ ROM 14 21 mnon figs-metaphor ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, **weak** refers to being
ROM 14 22 u1cf figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The things that you yourself believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 22 u1cf figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The things that you yourself believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 22 hjk9 figs-explicit σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers to what Christians believe that God permits them to do, as mentioned in [verses 1–6](../14/01.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The beliefs that your yourself have about what God permits you do to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 22 hjk9 figs-explicit σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers to what Christians believe that God permits them to do, as mentioned in [verses 1–6](../14/01.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The beliefs that your yourself have about what God permits you do to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-youcrowd σὺ&ἔχεις&σεαυτὸν 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-youcrowd σὺ&ἔχεις&σεαυτὸν 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 22 tkse figs-explicit κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This clause refers to keeping one’s beliefs between oneself and God, rather than telling other people about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep it to yourself and God” or “keep it between you and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 22 tkse figs-explicit κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This clause refers to keeping one’s beliefs between oneself and God, rather than telling other people about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep it between yourself and God” or “keep it between you and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God** as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God** as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do, as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 22 r53r figs-explicit ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Here, **judge** refers to feeling guilty or condemning oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one who does not feel guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 22 r53r figs-explicit ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Here, **judge** refers to feeling guilty or condemning oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one who does not feel guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 22 odxh figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 22 odxh figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 22 r8a1 ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Alternate translation: “with respect to what he approves” or “in regard to what he approves” ROM 14 22 r8a1 ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Alternate translation: “with respect to what he approves” or “in regard to what he approves”
ROM 14 23 zexs grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 14 23 zexs grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word But introduces a contrast. **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ&διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The person doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God condemns the one who passes judgment if he eats” (2) the person who eats. Alternate translation: “the one who passes judgment condemns himself if he eats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ&διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The person doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God condemns the one who passes judgment if he eats” (2) the person who eats. Alternate translation: “the one who passes judgment condemns himself if he eats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 23 wa8s figs-abstractnouns ὁ&διακρινόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 wa8s figs-abstractnouns ὁ&διακρινόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 23 dkcw figs-explicit ὁ&διακρινόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a person who has determined that eating certain foods is prohibited by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who judges that it is not right to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 dkcw figs-explicit ὁ&διακρινόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a person who has determined that eating certain foods is prohibited by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who judges that it is not right to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2485,25 +2485,25 @@ ROM 14 23 l9ga writing-pronouns οὐκ 1 Here, **it** refers to eating food th
ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως -1 In this verse **from** refers to what a person bases their actions on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on faith … based on faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως -1 In this verse **from** refers to what a person bases their actions on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on faith … based on faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως&πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως&πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br> * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br> * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br> * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)<br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br> * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)<br> * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Able and unable<br><br>In [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Forms of ‘You’<br><br>In this chapter, with three exceptions, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Paul’s Christian readers, whom he calls “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Notes will discuss the use of singular forms of “you” and “your” in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ourselves” refer inclusively to Paul’s Christian readers. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from Chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge the other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Forms of ‘You’\n\nIn this chapter, with three exceptions, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Paul’s Christian readers, whom he calls “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Notes will discuss the use of singular forms of “you” and “your” in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ourselves” refer inclusively to Paul’s Christian readers. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς&ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here and throughout this chapter the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς&ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here and throughout this chapter the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **we who are able** refers to Paul and other people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **we, being able** refers to Paul and other people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we, having mature faith” or “we, being spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα&βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help overcome the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα&βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help overcome the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to Christians who are not spiritually mature. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to Christians who are not spiritually mature. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 2 bkon figs-explicit τῷ πλησίον 1 Here, **neighbor** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 bkon figs-explicit τῷ πλησίον 1 Here, **neighbor** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς&πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς&πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example of pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example of pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 3 nlu9 figs-quotemarks οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 it was just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 3 nlu9 figs-quotemarks οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 it was just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you are also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the scriptural quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα&προεγράφη&ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote previously they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα&προεγράφη&ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote previously, they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα&προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was previously written** in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα&προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was previously written** in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 4 q3jp grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς&ἵνα 1 Here, **for** and **in order that** indicate that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 4 q3jp grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς&ἵνα 1 Here, **for** and **in order that** indicate that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 15 4 dx6h figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **instruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for instructing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 4 dx6h figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **instruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for instructing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth Here, *
ROM 15 6 smvb ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” ROM 15 6 smvb ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose”
ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM 15 7 prx1 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 receive one another **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 7 prx1 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 receive one another The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other as Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other as Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 15 8 ae6k grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 8 ae6k grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 15 8 gbh8 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 8 gbh8 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -2538,20 +2538,20 @@ ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again**
ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 15 10 x4kg writing-pronouns μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 10 x4kg writing-pronouns μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is another quotation from Scripture ([Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 15 11 gk0i figs-quotemarks αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 11 gk0i figs-quotemarks αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί&ὁ ἀνιστάμενος&αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί&ὁ ἀνιστάμενος&αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** or shoot that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** or shoot that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rising** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ&Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ&Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος&χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης&ἐλπίδι&δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος&χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης&ἐλπίδι&δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ&Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ&Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis τῷ πιστεύειν 1 Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis τῷ πιστεύειν 1 Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 15 13 k3y1 εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” ROM 15 13 k3y1 εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you will have this hope with abundance”
ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι&καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι&καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 14 g16z figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ&αὐτοὶ&ἐστε 1 Paul uses the words **myself** and **yourselves** to emphasize how certain he is that his readers are good and knowledgeable Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed … you are indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 15 14 g16z figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ&αὐτοὶ&ἐστε 1 Paul uses the words **myself** and **yourselves** to emphasize how certain he is that his readers are good and knowledgeable Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed … you are indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -2568,13 +2568,13 @@ ROM 15 16 coxw grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναί με 1 Here
ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα&ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel to the Gentiles as if he is a priest who serves **the gospel** by making an **offering** to God. He speaks of **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching as if they were **the offering** that he makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preaching the gospel so that the Gentiles who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα&ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel to the Gentiles as if he is a priest who serves **the gospel** by making an **offering** to God. He speaks of **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching as if they were **the offering** that he makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preaching the gospel so that the Gentiles who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 15 16 veeq figs-possession ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 16 veeq figs-possession ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” or "As a result of these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 15 17 mtjb figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 17 mtjb figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω&καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he is rightfully able to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω&καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he is rightfully able to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ&τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will only dare to speak what Christ produced through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ&τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will only dare to speak what Christ produced through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **for** indicates the result of **what Christ produced through** Paul. Use the natural way in your language to express a result. Alternate translation: “that resulted in the obedience of the Gentiles” ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **for** indicates the result of **what Christ produced through** Paul. Use the natural way in your language to express a result. Alternate translation: “that resulted in the obedience of the Gentiles”
ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν&ἔργῳ 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **deed**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Gentiles obey … what is done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν&ἔργῳ 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **deed**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Gentiles obey … what is done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2584,15 +2584,15 @@ ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and actio
ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates an additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” that is referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates an additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” that is referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of the miraculous **signs** that **the Spirit** enabled Paul to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of the miraculous **signs** that **the Spirit** enabled Paul to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum The word **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 15 20 n5fm figs-abstractnouns φιλοτιμούμενον 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “counting it honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 20 n5fm figs-abstractnouns φιλοτιμούμενον 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “counting it honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 20 r9t1 figs-explicit εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 The clause **not where Christ has been name** indicates the kind of places where Paul would not **proclaim the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the gospel in places other than where Christ has been named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 r9t1 figs-explicit εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 The clause **not where Christ has been named** indicates the kind of places where Paul would not **proclaim the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the gospel in places other than where Christ has been named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his work of preaching the gospel and making disciples as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his work of preaching the gospel and making disciples as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 21 dcs1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is the opposite of what Paul said in the last clause of the previous verse. Use the best way in your language to indicate a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 15 21 dcs1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word But introduces a contrast**. Here, But** indicates that what follows is the opposite of what Paul said in the last clause of the previous verse. Use the best way in your language to indicate a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In this verse Paul quotes Scripture to state that he preaches the gospel to those who have never heard it, which he also stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing that, I aspire to preach the gospel where it has not been preached before. Doing so is just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In this verse Paul quotes Scripture to state that he preaches the gospel to those who have never heard it, which he also stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing that, I aspire to preach the gospel where it has not been preached before. Doing so is just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2601,7 +2601,7 @@ ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ α
ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 21 m1f0 figs-explicit ὄψονται&συνήσουσιν 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Isaiah implies that the non-Jewish people who never heard about the Messiah will **understand** who the Messiah is and what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “will see who the Messiah is … will understand who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 m1f0 figs-explicit ὄψονται&συνήσουσιν 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Isaiah implies that the non-Jewish people who never heard about the Messiah will **understand** who the Messiah is and what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “will see who the Messiah is … will understand who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel in places where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those things also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those things also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν 1 I no longer have any place in these regions These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν 1 I no longer have any place in these regions These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -2614,14 +2614,14 @@ ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι
ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **sent ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **sent ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while”
ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 15 26 mjvr grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul is going to minister to the saints in Jerusalem, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “I am going to Jerusalem because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 26 mjvr grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul is going to minister to the saints in Jerusalem, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “I am going to Jerusalem because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia The words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν&Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν&Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν&ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this The two occurrences of **they** in this verse refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν&ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this The two occurrences of **they** in this verse refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν&αὐτῶν&αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν&αὐτῶν&αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 15 27 en7l grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 15 27 en7l grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2631,9 +2631,9 @@ ROM 15 29 wod6 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χρισ
ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 29 st5e figs-metaphor ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 29 st5e figs-metaphor ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 The two occurrences of **by** in this verse indicate that what follows are the basis for Paul to **urge** his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of our Lord Jesus Christ and on the basis of the love of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 The two occurrences of **by** in this verse indicate that what follows each one are the bases for Paul to **urge** his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of our Lord Jesus Christ and on the basis of the love of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 30 wq9l figs-possession τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 This could refer to: (1) **the love** that **the Spirit** gives to Christians. Alternate translation: “the love from the Spirit” (2) **the love** that belongs to **the Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the Spirit’s love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 30 wq9l figs-possession τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 This could refer to: (1) **the love** that **the Spirit** gives to Christians. Alternate translation: “the love from the Spirit” (2) **the love** that belongs to **the Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the Spirit’s love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος&ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you love from the Spirit … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος&ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you love from the Spirit … what you pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 15 31 q3v8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα&καὶ 1 to strive together with Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse could indicate: (1) the contents of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that … and that” (2) the purposes for praying. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 31 q3v8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα&καὶ 1 to strive together with Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse could indicate: (1) the contents of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that … and that” (2) the purposes for praying. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might deliver me from the disobedient ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might deliver me from the disobedient ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2648,56 +2648,56 @@ ROM 15 33 s947 figs-possession ὁ&Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the G
ROM 15 33 ubtx figs-abstractnouns τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with See how you translated **peace** in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 33 ubtx figs-abstractnouns τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with See how you translated **peace** in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br> * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)<br> * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)<br> * Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)<br> * Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)<br> * Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)<br> * Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)<br> * Doxology (16:25–27)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Tertius mentions that he is the scribe writing the letter for Paul ([16:22](../16/22.md)). Paul begins this chapter by recommending Phoebe to the believers in Rome who receive this letter. This could indicate that Phoebe was the messenger who delivered the letter to them.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letters. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) and [21–23](../16/21.md) Paul includes greetings to and from people whom he and the Romans knew. Express these greetings in a natural form in your language. ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br> * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)<br> * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)<br> * Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)<br> * Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)<br> * Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)<br> * Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)<br> * Doxology (16:25–27)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Tertius mentions that he is the scribe writing the letter for Paul ([16:22](../16/22.md)). Paul begins this chapter by recommending Phoebe to the believers in Rome who receive this letter. This could indicate that Phoebe was the messenger who delivered the letter to them.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letters. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) and [21–23](../16/21.md) Paul includes greetings to and from people whom he and the Romans knew. Express these greetings in a natural form in your language.
ROM 16 1 sg6a writing-pronouns συνίστημι 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul, except for [verse 22](../16/22.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, commend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 16 1 sg6a writing-pronouns συνίστημι 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul, except for [verse 22](../16/22.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, commend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe **Phoebe** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe The word **Phoebe** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this verse and throughout this chapter **our** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this verse and throughout this chapter **our** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 16 1 b81z figs-metaphor τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 our Paul speaks of **Phoebe** as if she were the physical **sister** of him and his Christian readers. He means she has a brother-sister relationship with all Christians because she trusts in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our spiritual sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 1 b81z figs-metaphor τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 our Paul speaks of **Phoebe** as if she were the physical **sister** of him and his Christian readers. He means she has a brother-sister relationship with all Christians because she trusts in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our spiritual sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 1 mbn3 figs-abstractnouns διάκονον 1 our See how you translated the abstract noun **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 1 mbn3 figs-abstractnouns διάκονον 1 our See how you translated the abstract noun **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea **Cenchrea** was a city in Greece. See how **Cenchrea** is translated in [Acts 18:18](../act/18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea The word **Cenchrea** was the name of a city in Greece. See how **Cenchrea** is translated in [Acts 18:18](../act/18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Here, **in the Lord** refers to Phoebe being a fellow believer in **the Lord** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as someone who believes in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Here, **in the Lord** refers to Phoebe being a fellow believer in **the Lord** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as someone who believes in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Alternate translation: “in the way that believers should welcome other believers” ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Alternate translation: “in the way that believers should welcome other believers”
ROM 16 2 g7of grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second purpose for Paul to commend Phoebe to the believers in Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and in order that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 16 2 g7of grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second purpose for Paul to commend Phoebe to the believers in Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and in order that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-metaphor παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Here, **stand by** refers to helping someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might assist her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-metaphor παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Here, **stand by** refers to helping someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might assist her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 2 i0fm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 stand by her **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants the Roman believers to help Phoebe. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason I want you to do this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 16 2 i0fm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 stand by her **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants the Roman believers to help Phoebe. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason I want you to do this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 16 2 inh1 figs-abstractnouns καὶ&προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 2 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **benefactor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has also benefited many, and myself as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 2 inh1 figs-abstractnouns καὶ&προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 2 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **benefactor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has also benefited many, and myself as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 3 na1k 0 General Information: As was customary in his culture, in [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) Paul begins to conclude the letter by extending greetings to the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “Enthusiastically ask to be remembered to” or “Send regards to” ROM 16 3 na1k 0 General Information: As was customary in his culture, in [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) Paul begins to conclude the letter by extending greetings to the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “I enthusiastically ask to be remembered to” or “I send regards to”
ROM 16 3 xigr figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 **Greet** here and throughout [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 3 xigr figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 **Greet** here and throughout [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila **Prisca** is the name of a woman who is also called “Priscilla” in [Acts 18:2](../act/18/02.md). **Aquila** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila The word **Prisca** is the name of a woman who is also called “Priscilla” in [Acts 18:2](../act/18/02.md). **Aquila** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Here, **fellow workers** refers to people who work together with Paul to tell other people about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who work with me to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Here, **fellow workers** refers to people who work together with Paul to tell other people about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who worked with me to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 3 uo3a figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Here, **in Christ Jesus** could refer to: (1) the kind of work that **Prisca and Aquila** did with Paul. Alternate translation: “in the service of Christ Jesus” (2) being united with Christ, as this phrase is used in [3:24](../03/24.md); [6:11](../06/11.md), [23](../06/23.md); [8:1–2](../08/01.md), [39](../08/39.md); and [15:17](../15/17.md). Alternate translation: “who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 3 uo3a figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Here, **in Christ Jesus** could refer to: (1) the kind of work that **Prisca and Aquila** did with Paul. Alternate translation: “in the service of Christ Jesus” (2) being united with Christ, as this phrase is used in [3:24](../03/24.md); [6:11](../06/11.md), [23](../06/23.md); [8:1–2](../08/01.md), [39](../08/39.md); and [15:17](../15/17.md). Alternate translation: “who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 4 ilnn figs-distinguish οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς μου, τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν, οἷς οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 in Christ Jesus This verse interrupts the main part of the sentence in [verses 3–5](../16/03.md) in order to give further information about Priscilla and Aquila. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this verse as its own sentence and repeat the main verb of the previous verse in the next verse, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 16 4 ilnn figs-distinguish οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς μου, τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν, οἷς οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 in Christ Jesus This verse interrupts the main part of the sentence in [verses 3–5](../16/03.md) in order to give further information about Prisca and Aquila. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this verse as its own sentence and repeat the main verb of the previous verse in the next verse, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 16 4 fye8 figs-idiom τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν 1 This phrase refers to doing something that would put someone in danger of being executed. Romans often executed people by chopping their heads off at the neck with an axe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “risked having their heads chopped off by the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 16 4 fye8 figs-idiom τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν 1 This phrase refers to doing something that would put someone in danger of being executed. Romans often executed people by chopping their heads off at the neck with an axe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “risked having their heads chopped off by the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 16 4 xmf8 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ&εὐχαριστῶ 1 Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that he could **give** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 4 xmf8 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ&εὐχαριστῶ 1 Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that he could **give** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 5 i32d figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Greet the church that is in their house This clause continues the sentence that Paul began in [verse 3](../16/03.md) and interrupted in the previous verse. If you made the previous verse into its own sentence, then here you will need to add the main verb from [verse 3](../16/03.md). Alternate translation: “and greet the church based in their house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 16 5 i32d figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Greet the church that is in their house This clause continues the sentence that Paul began in [verse 3](../16/03.md) and interrupted in the previous verse. If you made the previous verse into its own sentence, then here you will need to add the main verb from [verse 3](../16/03.md). Alternate translation: “and greet the church based in their house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 16 5 d6i0 writing-pronouns οἶκον αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** here refers to Priscilla and Aquila. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of Prisca and Aquila” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 16 5 d6i0 writing-pronouns οἶκον αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** here refers to Prisca and Aquila. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of Prisca and Aquila” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 16 5 qqdg figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 5 qqdg figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus **Epaenetus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus The word **Epaenetus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of **Epaenetus** as if he were **fruit** that he had harvested. He means that **Epaenetus** was the first person in **Asia** who believed in **Christ** as a result of Paul’s preaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of **Epaenetus** as if he were **fruit** that he had harvested. He means that **Epaenetus** was the first person in **Asia** who believed in **Christ** as a result of Paul’s preaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary **Mary** is the name of a woman. Several women in the Bible are named **Mary** because it was a common Jewish name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. Several women in the Bible are named **Mary** because it was a common Jewish name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus **Andronicus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus The word **Andronicus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias **Junias** could refer to: (1) a woman named Junia, in which case **Andronicus and Junias** might be a married couple like Piscilla and Aquila. See the UST. (2) the shortened form of Junianus, a man’s name, which is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias **Junias** could refer to: (1) a woman named Junia, in which case **Andronicus and Junias** might be a married couple like Prisca and Aquila. See the UST. (2) the shortened form of Junianus, a man’s name, which is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 7 ycr0 figs-explicit τοὺς συγγενεῖς μου 1 Junias Here, **kinsmen** could refer to: (1) Jewish Christians. Alternate translation: “my Jewish Christian kinsmen” (2) Christian relatives of Paul. Alternate translation: “my Christian relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 7 ycr0 figs-explicit τοὺς συγγενεῖς μου 1 Junias Here, **kinsmen** could refer to: (1) Jewish Christians. Alternate translation: “my Jewish Christian kinsmen” (2) Christian relatives of Paul. Alternate translation: “my Christian relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 16 7 nvw5 figs-distinguish οἳ 1 They are prominent among the apostles Here, **who** indicates that what follows is further information about **Andronicus and Junias**. It is not information about **the apostles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these two people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 16 7 nvw5 figs-distinguish οἳ 1 They are prominent among the apostles Here, **who** indicates that what follows is further information about **Andronicus and Junias**. It is not information about **the apostles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation (as a new sentence): “These two people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 16 7 ylvm figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 They are prominent among the apostles Here, **in Christ** refers to being united with Christ. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 7 ylvm figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 They are prominent among the apostles Here, **in Christ** refers to being united with Christ. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus **Ampliatus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus The word **Ampliatus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 8 alh2 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 8 alh2 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν&Στάχυν 1 Urbanus … Stachys **Urbanus** and **Stachys** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν&Στάχυν 1 Urbanus … Stachys The words **Urbanus** and **Stachys** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 9 if0q figs-explicit τὸν συνεργὸν ἡμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 9 if0q figs-explicit τὸν συνεργὸν ἡμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν&Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles … Aristobulus **Apelles** and **Aristobulus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν&Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles … Aristobulus The words **Apelles** and **Aristobulus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 10 q96n figs-activepassive τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 10 q96n figs-activepassive τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα&Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion … Narcissus **Herodion** and **Narcissus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα&Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion … Narcissus The words **Herodion** and **Narcissus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 11 iifk figs-explicit τὸν συγγενῆ 1 Herodion … Narcissus See how you translated “kinsmen” in [verse 7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 11 iifk figs-explicit τὸν συγγενῆ 1 Herodion … Narcissus See how you translated “kinsmen” in [verse 7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord Here, **in the Lord** refers to being united to Christ and has the same meaning as “in Christ” in [verse 7](../16/07.md) and [3:24](../03/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord Here, **in the Lord** refers to being united to Christ and has the same meaning as “in Christ” in [verse 7](../16/07.md) and [3:24](../03/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν&Τρυφῶσαν&Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena … Tryphosa … Persis **Tryphaena**, **Tryphosa**, and **Persis** are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν&Τρυφῶσαν&Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena … Tryphosa … Persis The words **Tryphaena**, **Tryphosa**, and **Persis** are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 12 vkh4 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ -1 See how you translated a similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 12 vkh4 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ -1 See how you translated a similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus **Rufus** is the name of a man. See how this name is translated in [Mark 15:21](../mrk/15/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus The word **Rufus** is the name of a man. See how this name is translated in [Mark 15:21](../mrk/15/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the **mother** of **Rufus** as if she were his own **mother**. He means that she treated him as if he were her own child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the **mother** of **Rufus** as if she were his own **mother**. He means that she treated him as if he were her own child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus … Phlegon … Hermes … Patrobas … Hermas These are names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus … Phlegon … Hermes … Patrobas … Hermas These are names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 14 ck2w figs-gendernotations ἀδελφούς 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 16 14 ck2w figs-gendernotations ἀδελφούς 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 16 14 il54 figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς 1 Here, **with them** implies that these people meet together as a church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brothers who meet with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 14 il54 figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς 1 Here, **with them** implies that these people meet together as a church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brothers who meet with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον&Νηρέα&Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus … Nereus … Olympas **Philologus**, **Nereus**, and **Olympas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον&Νηρέα&Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus … Nereus … Olympas The words **Philologus**, **Nereus**, and **Olympas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia **Julia** is the name of a woman. She was probably the wife of **Philologus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia The word **Julia** is the name of a woman. She was probably the wife of **Philologus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 15 j4uu figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους 1 Julia See how you translated **with them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 15 j4uu figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους 1 Julia See how you translated **with them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 16 nxka figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 16 nxka figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM 16 16 g2z1 translate-unknown φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss Here, **a holy kiss** describes a **kiss** that believers would give to other believers (that is why it is **holy**). In Paul’s culture, this was an appropriate way to greet someone with whom one was very close, such as a family member or a good friend. You could use a greeting that is used by close friends or family members and clarify that here it is used in a **holy** or Christian way. Alternate translation: “with a Christian hug” or “in warm way that is appropriate for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 16 16 g2z1 translate-unknown φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss Here, **a holy kiss** describes a **kiss** that believers would give to other believers (that is why it is **holy**). In Paul’s culture, this was an appropriate way to greet someone with whom one was very close, such as a family member or a good friend. You could use a greeting that is used by close friends or family members and clarify that here it is used in a **holy** or Christian way. Alternate translation: “with a Christian hug” or “in warm way that is appropriate for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -2708,14 +2708,14 @@ ROM 16 17 n59l figs-explicit τὰς διχοστασίας&ποιοῦντας
ROM 16 17 atil figs-metaphor τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 See how you translated “trap” in [11:9](../11/09.md) and [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 17 atil figs-metaphor τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 See how you translated “trap” in [11:9](../11/09.md) and [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 17 j9x7 figs-explicit παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned This clause could refer to: (1) the **traps**. Alternate translation: “which are contrary to the teaching that you have learned” (2) the means by which these people are **causing divisions and traps**. Alternate translation: “by doing what is contrary to the teaching that you have learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 17 j9x7 figs-explicit παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned This clause could refer to: (1) the **traps**. Alternate translation: “which are contrary to the teaching that you have learned” (2) the means by which these people are **causing divisions and traps**. Alternate translation: “by doing what is contrary to the teaching that you have learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them Here, **turn away** refers to avoiding someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “avoid them completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them Here, **turn away** refers to avoiding someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “avoid them completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 18 yij5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 16 18 yij5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 16 18 fpvs writing-pronouns τοιοῦτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to “those who are causing division and traps,” who are mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such as those causing such divisions and traps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 16 18 fpvs writing-pronouns τοιοῦτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to “those who are causing division and traps,” who are mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such as those causing such divisions and traps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 16 18 azob figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Χριστῷ οὐ δουλεύουσιν 1 Here, **enslaved to our Lord Christ** refers to living under the control of **our Lord Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are not living under the control of our Lord Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 18 azob figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Χριστῷ οὐ δουλεύουσιν 1 Here, **enslaved to our Lord Christ** refers to living under the control of **our Lord Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are not living in submission to our Lord Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but they are enslaved to their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but they are enslaved to their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here, **stomach** could refer to: (1) physical desires, especially the desires to eat or drink. Alternate translation: “to their own physical desires” (2) pleasing oneself. Alternate translation: “to their own pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here, **stomach** could refer to: (1) physical desires, especially the desires to eat or drink. Alternate translation: “to their own physical desires” (2) pleasing oneself. Alternate translation: “to their own pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 16 18 gddw figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 but their own stomach If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **speech** and **flattery**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “through speaking smoothly and flatteringly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 18 gddw figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 but their own stomach If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **speech** and **flattery**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “through speaking smoothly and flatteringly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy τὰς καρδίας 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy τὰς καρδίας 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 16 19 vqml grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that was follows is one reason why Paul’s readers should obey the command to “watch out for” and “turn away from” false teachers. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Watch out for and turn away from these people since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 16 19 vqml grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that was follows is one reason why Paul’s readers should obey the command to “watch out for” and “turn away from” false teachers. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Watch out for and turn away from these people since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ&ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. He means that many people had heard about their **obedience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your obedience has been heard about by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ&ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. He means that many people had heard about their **obedience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your obedience has been heard about by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 16 19 o1b9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ&ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ&τὸ ἀγαθόν&τὸ κακόν 1 See how you translated **obedience** in [5:19](../05/19.md) and **good** and **evil** in [7:19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 19 o1b9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ&ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ&τὸ ἀγαθόν&τὸ κακόν 1 See how you translated **obedience** in [5:19](../05/19.md) and **good** and **evil** in [7:19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 19 gj2r figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that many believers had heard about the **obedience** of the Roman believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 16 19 gj2r figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that many believers had heard about the **obedience** of the Roman believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -2723,16 +2723,16 @@ ROM 16 20 bnni figs-possession ὁ&Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 See how
ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers having victory over **Satan** as if they would **crush** him **under** their **feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause you to have complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers having victory over **Satan** as if they would **crush** him **under** their **feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause you to have complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 16 20 qpr7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **haste** and **grace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “hastily. May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 20 qpr7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **haste** and **grace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “hastily. May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 20 btor ἐν τάχει 1 The phrase translated as **with haste** can also refer to something happening after a short time period. Alternate translation: “in a short time” or “soon” ROM 16 20 btor ἐν τάχει 1 The phrase translated as **with haste** can also refer to something happening after a short time period. Alternate translation: “in a short time” or “soon”
ROM 16 20 oo2r translate-blessing ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Roman believers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness from our Lord Jesus Christ within you” or “I pray that you will have grace from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) ROM 16 20 oo2r translate-blessing ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Roman believers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness from our Lord Jesus Christ” or “I pray that you will have grace from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
ROM 16 21 z4g3 figs-explicit ὁ συνεργός μου 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 21 z4g3 figs-explicit ὁ συνεργός μου 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος&Ἰάσων&Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater **Lucius**, **Jason**, and **Sosipater** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος&Ἰάσων&Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater The words **Lucius**, **Jason**, and **Sosipater** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 21 km7u figs-explicit οἱ συγγενεῖς μου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 21 km7u figs-explicit οἱ συγγενεῖς μου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 21 wvzj ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς 1 As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you” ROM 16 21 wvzj ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς 1 As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
ROM 16 22 pijj figs-explicit ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 This clause means that **Tertius** wrote down the words that Paul told him to write in this letter. In ancient times it was common for people to use scribes to write down letters for them. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “I, Tertius, am the person who wrote down what Paul told me to write in this epistle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 22 pijj figs-explicit ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 This clause means that **Tertius** wrote down the words that Paul told him to write in this letter. In ancient times it was common for people to use scribes to physically write dictated letters for them. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “I, Tertius, am the person who wrote down what Paul told me to write in this epistle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 22 g8li figs-123person ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 **I** here refers to **Tertius**, who writes this verse. Unlike elsewhere in this letter, it does not refer to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the third person in this verse. Alternate translation: “Tertius, who wrote this epistle, greets you in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 16 22 g8li figs-123person ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 **I** here refers to **Tertius**, who writes this verse. Unlike elsewhere in this letter, it does not refer to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the third person in this verse. Alternate translation: “Tertius, who wrote this epistle, greets you in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names Τέρτιος 1 Tertius, who write this epistle **Tertius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names Τέρτιος 1 Tertius, who write this epistle The word **Tertius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 22 nx4g figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord See how you translated the similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 22 nx4g figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord See how you translated the similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος&Ἔραστος&Κούαρτος 1 Gaius … Erastus … Quartus **Gaius**, **Erastus**, and **Quartus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος&Ἔραστος&Κούαρτος 1 Gaius … Erastus … Quartus The words **Gaius**, **Erastus**, and **Quartus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM 16 23 j9u7 figs-explicit ὁ ξένος μου, καὶ ὅλης τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the host This phrase indicates that the home of **Gaius** was where Paul and his fellow believers gathered to worship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who hosts me and the whole church in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 23 j9u7 figs-explicit ὁ ξένος μου, καὶ ὅλης τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the host This phrase indicates that the home of **Gaius** was where Paul and his fellow believers gathered to worship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who hosts me and the whole church in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 23 m5hg figs-explicit ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer Here, **steward** refers to the person who takes care of the money for **the city** in which Paul is staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the treasurer” or “the one who administrates the finances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 23 m5hg figs-explicit ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer Here, **steward** refers to the person who takes care of the money for **the city** in which Paul is staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the treasurer” or “the one who administrates the finances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 23 fnet figs-gendernotations ἀδελφός 1 the treasurer Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated **brother** in [14:10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 16 23 fnet figs-gendernotations ἀδελφός 1 the treasurer Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated **brother** in [14:10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -2745,11 +2745,11 @@ ROM 16 25 kmw1 figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul is usi
ROM 16 25 yprj figs-possession τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **preaching** that is about **Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the preaching about Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 16 25 yprj figs-possession τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **preaching** that is about **Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the preaching about Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 16 25 wyyl figs-abstractnouns τὸ κήρυγμα&ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **preaching**, **revelation**, and **mystery**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is preached … what is revealed of what is mysterious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 25 wyyl figs-abstractnouns τὸ κήρυγμα&ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **preaching**, **revelation**, and **mystery**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is preached … what is revealed of what is mysterious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 25 vyj4 figs-explicit κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου 1 Here, **according to** indicates that what follows is what Paul’s preaching is based on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of the revelation of the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 25 vyj4 figs-explicit κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου 1 Here, **according to** indicates that what follows is what Paul’s preaching is based on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of the revelation of the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 25 s5ky translate-unknown μυστηρίου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Here Paul uses the word **mystery** to refer to God’s plan to save people that was revealed in the **gospel**. This does not mean that the idea is hard to understand, but rather, God had not yet revealed it to people. If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that was concealed but has now been revealed, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of this concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 16 25 s5ky translate-unknown μυστηρίου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Here Paul uses the word **mystery** to refer to God’s plan to save people, which was revealed in the **gospel**. This does not mean that the idea is hard to understand, but rather, that God had not yet revealed it to people. If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that was concealed but has now been revealed, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of this concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM 16 25 n6c1 figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the mystery that God has revealed, yet had kept secret for long ages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 25 n6c1 figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the mystery that God has now revealed, yet had kept secret for long ages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 16 25 bgqm figs-distinguish χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 This clause gives further information about **the mystery**, which is also the **gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to make this connection clear. Alternate translation: “which is what was kept secret for long ages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 16 25 bgqm figs-distinguish χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 This clause gives further information about **the mystery**, which is also the **gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to make this connection clear. Alternate translation: “which is what was kept secret for long ages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-distinguish φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν 1 This clause gives further information about “the mystery,” which is also the “gospel” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to make this connection clear. Alternate translation: “but now that mystery has been revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-distinguish φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν 1 This clause gives further information about “the mystery,” which is also the “gospel” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to make this connection clear. Alternate translation: “but now that mystery has been revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 16 26 kgs8 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but now God has revealed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 26 kgs8 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but now God has revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 16 26 vrul figs-infostructure διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 The word translated as **and** here indicates that the following four phrases are connected to the fifth phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and having been made known through the prophetic writings, according to the command of the eternal God, to the obedience of faith, to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 16 26 vrul figs-infostructure διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 The word translated as **and** here indicates that the following four phrases are connected to the fifth phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and having been made known through the prophetic writings, according to the command of the eternal God, to the obedience of faith, to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 16 26 efyy figs-abstractnouns Γραφῶν προφητικῶν&ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **writings**, **command**, **obedience**, and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what was written by the prophets … what the eternal God commanded, to be obedient of what is faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 26 efyy figs-abstractnouns Γραφῶν προφητικῶν&ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **writings**, **command**, **obedience**, and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what was written by the prophets … what the eternal God commanded, to be obedient of what is faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 26 fbr6 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the obedience of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 16 26 fbr6 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the obedience of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.